1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count;
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint *b;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
679 result->commands = commands;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
734 struct breakpoint *b;
737 if (b->number == num)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
751 struct bp_location *loc;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
877 if (a->address == b->address)
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
933 struct bp_location *loc;
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
964 innermost_block = NULL;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
973 struct bp_location *loc;
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993 static VEC (char_ptr) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
998 text = skip_spaces (text);
999 space = skip_to_space (text);
1003 struct breakpoint *b;
1004 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1009 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1011 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1015 len = strlen (text);
1019 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1020 struct bp_location *loc;
1023 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1028 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1030 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1033 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1034 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1043 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1044 text = skip_spaces (space);
1045 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1048 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1051 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1053 struct breakpoint *b;
1058 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1061 bnum = get_number (&p);
1063 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1066 if (b->number == bnum)
1068 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1069 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1070 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1071 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1074 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1075 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1076 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1078 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1079 update_global_location_list (1);
1084 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1087 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1088 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1089 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1094 struct command_line *c;
1096 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1100 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1102 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1105 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1107 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1108 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1109 command directly. */
1110 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1111 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1114 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1118 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1121 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1123 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1124 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1129 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1131 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1134 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1135 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1139 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1140 struct command_line *commands)
1142 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1144 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1145 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1146 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1147 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1148 struct command_line *c;
1149 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1150 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1152 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1170 struct command_line *c2;
1172 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1173 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1174 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1176 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1177 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1183 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1187 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1188 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1191 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1193 struct breakpoint *b;
1194 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1195 struct bp_location *loc;
1198 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1200 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1201 if (loc->address == addr)
1202 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1208 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1209 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1212 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1213 struct command_line *commands)
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1217 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1218 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1229 int old_silent = b->silent;
1232 if (old_silent != silent)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1242 int old_thread = b->thread;
1245 if (old_thread != thread)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1255 int old_task = b->task;
1258 if (old_task != task)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1265 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1267 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273 struct commands_info
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line *control;
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1296 struct commands_info *info = data;
1298 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1300 struct command_line *l;
1302 if (info->control != NULL)
1303 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1309 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1313 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1315 l = read_command_lines (str,
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1324 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1334 b->commands = info->cmd;
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1341 struct command_line *control)
1343 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1344 struct commands_info info;
1346 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1347 info.control = control;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1353 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1355 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1356 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1358 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1374 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1380 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1387 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1389 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1400 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1401 return simple_control;
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1409 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1413 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1439 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1451 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1452 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1454 struct bp_location *bl;
1456 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1457 bl = bp_location[bc];
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1491 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1498 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1511 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1519 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1525 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1527 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1546 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1552 if (readbuf != NULL)
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1557 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1558 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1563 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1567 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1568 const unsigned char *bp;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1570 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1574 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1594 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1604 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1616 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1631 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1643 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1645 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1649 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1650 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1651 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1653 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1711 int within_current_scope;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1721 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1728 within_current_scope = 1;
1731 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1747 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1749 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1750 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1751 if (within_current_scope)
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1760 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1769 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1770 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b->val);
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1784 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1786 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1790 s = b->base.cond_string;
1791 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution)
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1809 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1810 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1826 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1837 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1839 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1850 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1852 addr = value_address (v);
1854 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1856 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1859 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1860 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1863 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1865 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1866 loc->address = addr;
1867 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1868 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1881 struct bp_location *bl;
1883 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1887 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type = b->base.type;
1903 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1904 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1920 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1922 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1924 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 b->base.type = type;
1943 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1949 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1951 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1952 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1955 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1957 next = value_next (v);
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1968 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1969 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1970 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1971 base->loc->address = -1;
1972 base->loc->length = -1;
1973 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1976 else if (!within_current_scope)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1999 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2002 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2005 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2032 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2035 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2036 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2045 static struct agent_expr *
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2048 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2049 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2059 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2083 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2085 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2086 struct bp_location *loc;
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2108 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2115 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2152 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2153 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2165 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2166 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2171 loc->cond_bytecode);
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181 static struct agent_expr *
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2184 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2185 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2186 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2190 char *format_start, *format_end;
2191 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2200 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2202 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2204 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207 format_start = cmdrest;
2209 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2211 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2213 format_end = cmdrest;
2215 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2220 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2225 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2233 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2238 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2239 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2241 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2249 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2250 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2251 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2275 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2277 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2278 struct bp_location *loc;
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2300 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2307 loc->owner->extra_string);
2308 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2318 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2332 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2339 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2340 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2350 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2352 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2353 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2377 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2378 int *disabled_breaks,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2384 struct gdb_exception e;
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2400 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl->needs_update = 0;
2415 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2418 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 struct mem_region *mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2447 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2448 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2450 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2452 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2454 static int said = 0;
2456 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2467 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2477 || bl->section == NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2483 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2488 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2509 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2510 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2511 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2525 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2530 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2565 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val));
2596 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2601 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2602 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2604 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2610 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2617 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2622 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2623 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2630 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2631 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2639 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2642 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2644 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2645 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2647 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2650 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2660 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2678 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2679 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2684 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b);
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2692 struct bp_location *tmp;
2694 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2698 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2700 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2701 if (tmp->next == loc)
2703 tmp->next = loc->next;
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2726 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2728 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2745 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2749 callback (loc, NULL);
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2763 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2767 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2799 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2820 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2823 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2827 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2858 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2868 int some_failed = 0;
2869 struct bp_location *loc;
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2877 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2880 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2881 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2892 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2929 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2930 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2940 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2942 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2949 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2954 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2965 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2966 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2969 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2970 struct inferior *inf;
2971 struct thread_info *tp;
2973 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2977 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2978 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2980 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2982 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2987 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2993 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3017 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3021 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3025 static struct breakpoint *
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3027 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3031 struct breakpoint *b;
3033 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3036 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3037 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3039 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3040 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3041 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched;
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched;
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3080 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3090 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3101 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3104 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3110 return bp_objfile_data;
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3118 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 struct objfile *objfile;
3126 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3130 struct breakpoint *b;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3134 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3139 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3141 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3143 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3153 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3154 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3157 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3159 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3162 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3166 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3167 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 struct program_space *pspace;
3177 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3179 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3183 struct objfile *objfile;
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3193 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3197 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3201 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3206 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3209 struct probe *probe;
3210 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3214 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3218 struct breakpoint *b;
3220 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3223 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3230 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3232 struct breakpoint *b;
3233 const char *func_name;
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3239 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3242 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3244 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3254 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3255 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3257 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3258 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 struct program_space *pspace;
3272 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3273 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3275 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3279 struct objfile *objfile;
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3286 struct breakpoint *b;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3289 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3294 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3296 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3298 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3299 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3309 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3310 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3313 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3314 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 struct objfile *objfile;
3329 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3333 struct breakpoint *b;
3334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3338 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3343 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3348 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3350 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3352 struct probe *probe;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3356 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3360 struct breakpoint *b;
3362 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3363 bp_exception_master,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3365 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3377 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3379 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3381 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3383 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3384 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3386 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3390 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3393 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3394 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3396 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3398 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3399 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3409 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3420 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3425 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3431 delete_breakpoint (b);
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3438 delete_breakpoint (b);
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3445 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b);
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3455 delete_breakpoint (b);
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b);
3469 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3504 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b);
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3528 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3530 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3540 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3544 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3568 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3576 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3585 || bl->section == NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3604 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3623 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3642 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3644 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3646 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3647 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3649 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3650 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3657 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3662 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3664 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3668 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3678 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3683 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3691 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3695 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3709 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3728 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3742 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3748 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764 case bp_shlib_event:
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3780 case bp_step_resume:
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784 delete_breakpoint (b);
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b);
3797 else if (context == inf_starting)
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 value_free (w->val);
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3842 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3848 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3858 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3862 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3870 struct bp_location *loc;
3873 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3889 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3893 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3933 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3937 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3964 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3968 struct bp_location *loc;
3970 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3977 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3978 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3984 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3999 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4006 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4012 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4018 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4024 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4025 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4029 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4035 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4036 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4058 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4067 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4068 value_free (bs->old_val);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4103 bpstat retval = NULL;
4108 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4110 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4111 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4114 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4116 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4117 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4139 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4141 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4147 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4149 enum bpstat_signal_value
4150 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4154 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4156 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4157 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4160 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4161 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4163 if (newval > result)
4170 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4171 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4172 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4173 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4175 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4176 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4178 Return 1 otherwise. */
4181 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4183 struct breakpoint *b;
4186 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4188 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4189 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4190 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4191 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4192 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4194 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4196 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4203 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4205 struct thread_info *tp;
4208 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4211 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4215 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4217 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4219 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4221 value_free (bs->old_val);
4227 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4230 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4232 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4234 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4236 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4237 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4238 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4239 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4240 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4244 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4247 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4250 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4252 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4255 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4256 or its equivalent. */
4259 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4261 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4262 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4265 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4266 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4267 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4268 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4270 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4271 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4272 bpstat of the current thread. */
4275 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4278 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4281 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4283 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4286 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4287 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4289 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4291 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4294 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4295 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4297 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4298 struct command_line *cmd;
4299 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4301 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4303 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4304 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4305 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4306 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4307 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4308 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4309 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4310 the tree when we're done. */
4311 ccmd = bs->commands;
4312 bs->commands = NULL;
4313 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4314 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4315 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4317 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4323 execute_control_command (cmd);
4325 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4331 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4332 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4334 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4336 if (target_can_async_p ())
4337 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4338 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4339 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4342 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4343 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4344 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4345 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4346 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4347 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4348 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4349 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4350 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4351 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4352 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4353 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4354 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4359 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4364 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4366 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4368 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4369 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4370 && target_has_execution
4371 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4372 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4373 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4374 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4375 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4376 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4377 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4380 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4383 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4386 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4392 struct value_print_options opts;
4393 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4394 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4398 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4399 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4400 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4401 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4404 static enum print_stop_action
4405 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4407 switch (bs->print_it)
4410 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4415 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4416 relevant messages. */
4417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4420 case print_it_normal:
4422 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4424 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4425 which has since been deleted. */
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4429 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4430 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4435 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4436 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4441 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4444 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4447 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4449 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4453 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4454 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4455 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4459 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4462 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4463 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4468 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4473 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4476 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4491 struct so_list *iter;
4493 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4496 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4499 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4504 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4505 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4506 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4509 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4516 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4517 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4518 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4519 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4522 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4523 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4524 code to print the location. An example is
4525 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4527 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4528 to also print the location part of the message.
4529 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4530 don't require a location appended to the end.
4531 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4532 further info to be printed. */
4534 enum print_stop_action
4535 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4539 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4540 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4541 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4542 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4543 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4545 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4546 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4547 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4548 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4552 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4553 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4554 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4555 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4557 print_solib_event (0);
4558 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4561 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4562 with and nothing was printed. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4566 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4567 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4568 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4569 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4572 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4574 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4575 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4577 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4581 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4584 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4588 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4590 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4591 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4592 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4593 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4594 incref_bp_location (bl);
4595 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4596 bs->commands = NULL;
4598 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4602 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4603 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4606 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4608 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4610 struct breakpoint *b;
4612 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4614 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4615 as not triggered. */
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4621 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4627 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4629 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4630 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4636 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4639 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4642 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4643 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4649 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4650 struct bp_location *loc;
4652 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4653 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4655 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4657 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4658 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4660 if (newaddr == start)
4662 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4666 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4667 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4671 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4680 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4681 because of check_errors). */
4682 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4683 #define WP_DELETED 1
4684 /* The value has changed. */
4685 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4686 /* The value has not changed. */
4687 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4688 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4691 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4692 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4694 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4697 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4698 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4701 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4703 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4704 struct watchpoint *b;
4705 struct frame_info *fr;
4706 int within_current_scope;
4708 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4709 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4710 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4718 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4719 within_current_scope = 1;
4722 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4723 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4724 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4726 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4727 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4728 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4729 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4730 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4731 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4732 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4733 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4734 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4738 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4739 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4741 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4742 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4743 if (within_current_scope)
4745 struct symbol *function;
4747 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4748 if (function == NULL
4749 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4750 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4751 within_current_scope = 0;
4754 if (within_current_scope)
4755 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4756 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4761 if (within_current_scope)
4763 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4764 time before we return to the command level and call
4765 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4766 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4770 struct value *new_val;
4772 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4773 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4774 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4775 a mask watchpoint. */
4776 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4778 mark = value_mark ();
4779 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4781 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4782 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4783 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4784 not what we want. */
4785 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4786 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4788 if (new_val != NULL)
4790 release_value (new_val);
4791 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4793 bs->old_val = b->val;
4796 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4800 /* Nothing changed. */
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4807 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4809 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4810 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4811 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4812 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4813 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4814 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4815 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4816 the first value assigned). */
4817 /* We print all the stop information in
4818 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4819 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4820 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4824 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4828 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4829 which its expression is valid.\n");
4831 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4832 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4833 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4841 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4844 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4845 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4846 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4848 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4850 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4853 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4856 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4857 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4860 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4862 const struct bp_location *bl;
4863 struct watchpoint *b;
4865 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4866 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4867 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4868 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4869 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4872 int must_check_value = 0;
4874 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4875 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4877 must_check_value = 1;
4878 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4879 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4880 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4882 must_check_value = 1;
4883 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4884 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4885 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4886 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4887 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4888 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4889 must_check_value = 1;
4891 if (must_check_value)
4894 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4896 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4897 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4899 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4904 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4908 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4911 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4912 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4914 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4916 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4917 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4918 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4919 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4920 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4921 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4922 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4925 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4926 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4929 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4930 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4931 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4932 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4934 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4935 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4936 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4939 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4940 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4941 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4942 changes. This still gives false positives when
4943 the program writes the same value to memory as
4944 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4945 it for a read), but it's much better than
4948 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4950 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4952 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4955 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4956 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4958 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4959 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4961 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4962 == watch_triggered_yes)
4964 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4970 if (other_write_watchpoint
4971 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4973 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4974 and the value changed since the last time we
4975 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4977 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4982 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4983 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4984 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4986 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4987 the value hasn't changed. */
4988 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4996 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4998 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4999 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5000 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5004 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5006 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5007 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5008 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5009 anything for this watchpoint. */
5010 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5017 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5018 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5019 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5022 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5024 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5025 const struct bp_location *bl;
5026 struct breakpoint *b;
5028 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5029 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5030 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5031 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5032 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5034 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5035 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5036 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5038 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5039 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5043 int value_is_zero = 0;
5044 struct expression *cond;
5046 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5047 method implemented. */
5048 if (b->py_bp_object)
5049 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5051 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5053 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5060 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5062 int within_current_scope = 1;
5063 struct watchpoint * w;
5065 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5066 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5067 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5068 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5070 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5072 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5073 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5077 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5078 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5079 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5080 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5081 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5083 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5084 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5087 struct frame_info *frame;
5089 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5090 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5091 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5092 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5093 really matter which instantiation of the function
5094 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5095 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5096 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5097 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5098 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5099 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5100 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5101 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5103 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5105 select_frame (frame);
5107 within_current_scope = 0;
5109 if (within_current_scope)
5111 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5112 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5116 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5117 "in the current scope"));
5118 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5119 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5122 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5126 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5130 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5134 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5138 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5146 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5147 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5149 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5150 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5153 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5155 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5157 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5158 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5159 several reasons concurrently.)
5161 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5162 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5165 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5167 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5169 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5170 struct bp_location *bl;
5171 struct bp_location *loc;
5172 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5173 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5174 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5177 int need_remove_insert;
5180 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5181 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5182 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5183 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5184 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5185 inferior function calls. */
5189 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5192 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5194 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5195 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5196 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5197 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5198 checked all locations already. */
5199 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5202 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5205 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5208 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5211 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5214 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5215 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5216 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5220 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5221 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5222 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5224 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5226 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5228 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5233 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5237 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5238 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5241 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5245 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5246 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5247 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5249 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5251 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5253 handle_solib_event ();
5258 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5259 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5260 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5264 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5269 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5270 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5273 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5280 /* We will stop here. */
5281 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5283 --(b->enable_count);
5284 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5285 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5286 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5291 bs->commands = b->commands;
5292 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5293 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5294 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5300 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5302 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5303 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5306 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5307 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5308 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5310 need_remove_insert = 0;
5311 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5312 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5314 && bs->breakpoint_at
5315 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5317 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5319 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5320 need_remove_insert = 1;
5323 if (need_remove_insert)
5324 update_global_location_list (1);
5325 else if (removed_any)
5326 update_global_location_list (0);
5332 handle_jit_event (void)
5334 struct frame_info *frame;
5335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5337 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5338 breakpoint_re_set. */
5339 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5341 frame = get_current_frame ();
5342 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5344 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5346 target_terminal_inferior ();
5349 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5352 handle_solib_event (void)
5354 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5356 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5357 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5358 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5359 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5361 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5363 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
5365 target_terminal_inferior ();
5368 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5370 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5373 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5375 struct bpstat_what retval;
5379 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5380 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5381 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5383 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5385 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5386 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5387 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5390 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5392 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5393 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5397 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5404 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5407 case bp_shlib_event:
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5419 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5420 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5421 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5431 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5432 This requires no further action. */
5436 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5439 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5441 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5442 case bp_exception_resume:
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5444 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5446 case bp_step_resume:
5448 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5451 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5455 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5457 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5460 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5461 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5464 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5465 case bp_thread_event:
5466 case bp_overlay_event:
5467 case bp_longjmp_master:
5468 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5469 case bp_exception_master:
5470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5482 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5483 This requires no further action. */
5488 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5491 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5492 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5493 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5494 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5496 case bp_std_terminate:
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5503 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5504 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5505 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5506 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5508 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5509 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5512 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5516 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5517 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5518 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5526 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5530 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5544 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5546 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 struct breakpoint *b;
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5582 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5598 static char wrap_indent[80];
5599 int i, total_width, width, align;
5603 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5605 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5607 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5608 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5609 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5614 total_width += width + 1;
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5631 struct bp_location *bl;
5632 char host_evals = 0;
5633 char target_evals = 0;
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host;
5645 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5647 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5653 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both;
5655 else if (target_evals)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target;
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5667 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host;
5674 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target;
5677 return condition_evaluation_host;
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5684 struct bp_location *loc)
5686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5687 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5689 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5695 if (b->display_canonical)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5697 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5703 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5711 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5716 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5722 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5723 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5725 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5727 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5729 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5732 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5734 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5735 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5736 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5738 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5740 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5741 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5750 struct ep_type_description
5755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_until, "until"},
5761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5769 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5770 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5771 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5772 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5773 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5774 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5775 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5776 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5777 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5778 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5779 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5781 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5782 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5783 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5787 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5792 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5793 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5795 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5798 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5803 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5804 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5807 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5808 const char *field_name,
5812 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5814 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5818 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5819 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5820 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5823 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5829 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5835 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5837 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5839 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5843 do_cleanups (back_to);
5846 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5849 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5850 struct bp_location *loc,
5852 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5855 struct command_line *l;
5856 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5859 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5860 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5861 struct value_print_options opts;
5863 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5865 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5866 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5867 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5870 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5871 header_of_multiple = 1;
5879 if (part_of_multiple)
5882 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5888 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5893 if (part_of_multiple)
5894 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5900 if (part_of_multiple)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5908 if (part_of_multiple)
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5911 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5912 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5913 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5917 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5919 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5920 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5921 make sure there's just one location. */
5922 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5923 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5929 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5930 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5936 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5938 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5940 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5941 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5942 is relatively readable). */
5943 if (opts.addressprint)
5944 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5946 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5955 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5956 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5958 case bp_exception_resume:
5959 case bp_step_resume:
5960 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5961 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5963 case bp_std_terminate:
5964 case bp_shlib_event:
5965 case bp_thread_event:
5966 case bp_overlay_event:
5967 case bp_longjmp_master:
5968 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5969 case bp_exception_master:
5971 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5977 if (opts.addressprint)
5980 if (header_of_multiple)
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5982 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5985 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5986 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5989 if (!header_of_multiple)
5990 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5997 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5999 struct inferior *inf;
6000 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6005 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6006 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6009 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6010 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6012 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6013 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6014 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6015 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6016 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6017 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6019 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6020 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6023 if (!part_of_multiple)
6025 if (b->thread != -1)
6027 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6028 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6029 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 else if (b->task != 0)
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6041 if (!part_of_multiple)
6042 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6044 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6048 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6050 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6051 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6055 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6058 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6062 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6064 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6065 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6066 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6067 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6068 == condition_evaluation_target)
6070 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6072 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6080 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6086 if (!part_of_multiple)
6090 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6091 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6093 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6098 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6099 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6106 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6108 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6112 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6120 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6121 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6122 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6123 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6126 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6127 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6128 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6129 if (b->ignore_count)
6130 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6137 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6139 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6141 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6143 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6145 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6149 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6150 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6152 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6155 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6156 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6157 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6160 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6162 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6164 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6166 annotate_field (10);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6172 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6174 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6176 annotate_field (11);
6178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6180 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6184 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6192 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6194 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6196 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6200 else if (b->addr_string)
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6206 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6207 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6210 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6213 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6215 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6216 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6218 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6219 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6220 locations, if any. */
6221 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6223 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6224 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6225 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6228 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6229 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6231 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6232 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6234 struct bp_location *loc;
6237 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6239 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6240 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6241 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6242 do_cleanups (inner2);
6249 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6251 int print_address_bits = 0;
6252 struct bp_location *loc;
6254 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6258 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6259 an address to print. */
6260 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6263 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6264 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6265 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6268 return print_address_bits;
6271 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6277 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6279 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6280 struct breakpoint *b;
6281 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6285 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6287 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6295 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6296 char **error_message)
6298 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6301 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6303 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6304 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6310 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6311 internal or momentary. */
6314 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6316 return b->number > 0;
6319 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6320 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6321 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6322 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6323 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6324 breakpoints listed. */
6327 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6328 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6330 struct breakpoint *b;
6331 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6332 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6333 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6334 struct value_print_options opts;
6335 int print_address_bits = 0;
6336 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6337 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6339 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6341 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6342 required for address fields. */
6343 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6346 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6347 if (filter && !filter (b))
6350 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6351 accept. Skip the others. */
6352 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6354 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6356 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6360 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6362 int addr_bit, type_len;
6364 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6365 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6366 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6368 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6369 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6370 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6372 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6376 if (opts.addressprint)
6378 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6387 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6388 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6391 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6395 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6402 if (opts.addressprint)
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6406 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6408 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6416 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6417 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6418 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6423 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6424 if (filter && !filter (b))
6427 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6428 accept. Skip the others. */
6430 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6432 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6434 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6437 else /* all others */
6439 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6443 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6445 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6446 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6449 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6453 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6457 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6458 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6460 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6461 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6467 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6468 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6471 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6472 there have been breakpoints? */
6473 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6475 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6478 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6479 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6482 default_collect_info (void)
6484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6486 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6487 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6489 if (!*default_collect)
6492 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6494 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6496 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6500 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6502 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6504 default_collect_info ();
6508 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6510 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6511 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6513 if (num_printed == 0)
6515 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6516 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6518 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6523 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6525 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6527 default_collect_info ();
6531 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6532 struct program_space *pspace,
6533 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6535 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6537 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6539 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6540 && bl->address == pc
6541 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6547 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6548 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6552 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6553 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6554 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6557 struct breakpoint *b;
6560 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6561 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6565 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6566 else /* if (others == ???) */
6567 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6569 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6572 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6573 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6574 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6575 else if (b->thread != -1)
6576 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6577 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6578 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6579 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6581 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6585 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6587 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6588 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6589 printf_filtered (".\n");
6594 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6595 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6596 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6597 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6599 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6600 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6601 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6602 breakpoint at address zero:
6610 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6612 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6614 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6617 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6618 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6621 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6622 struct bp_location *loc2)
6624 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6625 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6627 /* Both of them must exist. */
6628 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6629 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6631 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6632 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6633 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6634 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6635 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6636 other watchpoint. */
6638 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6640 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6645 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6649 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6650 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6651 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6652 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6653 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6654 become hw_access locations later. */
6655 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6656 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6657 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6658 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6661 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6662 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6663 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6664 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6667 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6668 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6670 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6671 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6675 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6676 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6677 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6678 space doesn't really matter. */
6681 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6682 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6685 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6686 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6687 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6690 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6691 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6692 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6693 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6696 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6697 struct address_space *aspace,
6700 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6703 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6704 bl->address, bl->length,
6708 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6709 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6710 true, otherwise returns false. */
6713 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6714 struct bp_location *loc2)
6716 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6717 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6718 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6719 different locations. */
6720 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6725 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6726 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6727 represent the same location. */
6730 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6731 struct bp_location *loc2)
6733 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6735 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6736 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6737 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6739 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6740 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6742 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6745 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6746 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6747 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6749 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6750 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6751 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6752 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6756 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6757 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6759 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6760 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6764 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6765 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6767 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6768 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6773 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6774 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6775 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6776 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6779 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6780 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6782 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6784 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6787 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6788 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6793 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6794 have their addresses modified. */
6799 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6801 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6802 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6803 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6805 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6806 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6808 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6809 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6811 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6816 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6817 struct breakpoint *owner)
6819 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6821 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6826 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6827 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6830 switch (owner->type)
6836 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6837 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6839 case bp_exception_resume:
6840 case bp_step_resume:
6841 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6842 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6844 case bp_std_terminate:
6845 case bp_shlib_event:
6846 case bp_thread_event:
6847 case bp_overlay_event:
6849 case bp_longjmp_master:
6850 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6851 case bp_exception_master:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6855 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6856 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6859 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6863 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6864 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6865 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6870 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6871 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6872 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6875 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6881 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6883 static struct bp_location *
6884 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6886 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6890 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6892 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6896 /* Increment reference count. */
6899 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6904 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6905 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6908 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6910 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6912 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6913 free_bp_location (*blp);
6917 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6920 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6922 struct breakpoint *b1;
6924 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6925 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6927 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6929 breakpoint_chain = b;
6938 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6941 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6942 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6944 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6946 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6948 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6952 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6953 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6954 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6956 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6959 b->ignore_count = 0;
6961 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6962 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6963 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6964 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6967 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6968 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6970 static struct breakpoint *
6971 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6973 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6975 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6977 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6978 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6982 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6983 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6987 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6989 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6991 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6992 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6993 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6996 const char *function_name;
6997 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6999 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7000 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7002 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7004 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7006 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7007 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7008 &loc->requested_address))
7010 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7011 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7012 loc->requested_address,
7015 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7016 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7018 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7019 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7020 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7021 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7023 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7028 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7032 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7034 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7037 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7039 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7044 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7045 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7046 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7048 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7049 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7050 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7054 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7055 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7057 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7059 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7061 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7062 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7064 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7065 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7067 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7068 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7071 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7072 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7073 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7074 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7075 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7076 is also returned as the value of this function.
7078 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7079 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7080 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7081 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7082 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7083 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7084 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7087 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7088 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7089 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7091 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7093 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7094 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7099 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7100 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7102 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7104 struct bp_location *bl;
7106 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7108 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7109 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7110 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7111 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7112 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7113 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7117 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7118 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7119 initiated the operation. */
7122 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7124 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7125 int thread = tp->num;
7127 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7128 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7129 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7130 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7132 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7133 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7134 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7136 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7137 struct breakpoint *clone;
7139 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7140 after their removal. */
7141 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7142 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7143 clone->thread = thread;
7146 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7149 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7151 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7153 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7156 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7158 if (b->thread == thread)
7159 delete_breakpoint (b);
7164 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7166 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7169 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7171 if (b->thread == thread)
7172 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7176 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7177 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7178 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7182 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7184 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7187 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7189 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7191 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7192 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7193 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7195 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7197 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7200 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7201 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7202 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7203 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7209 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7210 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7213 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7214 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7218 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7220 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7223 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7225 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7227 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7228 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7229 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7230 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7233 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7235 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7237 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7238 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7239 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7241 delete_breakpoint (b);
7246 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7248 struct breakpoint *b;
7251 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7253 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7254 update_global_location_list (1);
7255 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7260 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7262 struct breakpoint *b;
7265 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7267 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7268 update_global_location_list (0);
7269 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7273 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7274 master breakpoint. */
7276 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7278 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7281 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7282 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7284 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7285 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7289 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7291 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7296 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7297 delete_breakpoint (b);
7301 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7303 struct breakpoint *b;
7305 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7306 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7308 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7309 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7311 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7319 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7321 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7324 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7325 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7326 delete_breakpoint (b);
7329 struct lang_and_radix
7335 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7338 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7340 struct breakpoint *b;
7342 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7343 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7344 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7348 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7351 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7357 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7358 delete_breakpoint (b);
7362 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7364 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7367 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7368 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7369 delete_breakpoint (b);
7373 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7375 struct breakpoint *b;
7377 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7378 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7379 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7383 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7384 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7387 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7389 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7396 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7397 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7398 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7399 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7400 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7401 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7402 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7403 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7404 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7405 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7406 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7408 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7410 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7414 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7419 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7420 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7424 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7426 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7427 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7429 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7430 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7431 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7432 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7433 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7434 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7437 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7439 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7440 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7442 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7443 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7444 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7445 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7446 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7447 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7448 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7449 || is_tracepoint (b))
7450 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7452 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7453 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7454 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7455 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7458 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7459 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7461 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7463 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7464 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7465 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7468 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7473 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7475 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7476 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7477 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7478 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7479 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7481 struct fork_catchpoint
7483 /* The base class. */
7484 struct breakpoint base;
7486 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7487 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7488 catchpoint has triggered. */
7489 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7492 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7496 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7498 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7501 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7505 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7507 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7510 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7514 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7515 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7516 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7518 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7520 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7523 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7527 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7530 static enum print_stop_action
7531 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7533 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7534 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7535 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7537 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7538 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7539 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7541 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7542 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7546 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7548 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7549 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7550 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7551 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7552 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7555 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7559 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7561 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7562 struct value_print_options opts;
7563 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7565 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7567 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7568 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7570 if (opts.addressprint)
7571 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7573 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7574 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7576 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7577 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7578 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7579 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7582 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7586 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7590 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7592 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7595 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7599 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7602 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7605 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7607 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7609 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7613 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7615 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7618 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7622 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7624 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7627 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7631 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7632 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7633 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7635 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7637 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7640 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7644 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7647 static enum print_stop_action
7648 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7650 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7651 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7652 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7654 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7655 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7656 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7659 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7661 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7662 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7665 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7666 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7667 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7668 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7669 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7672 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7676 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7678 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7679 struct value_print_options opts;
7680 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7682 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7683 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7684 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7686 if (opts.addressprint)
7687 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7689 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7690 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7692 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7693 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7694 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7695 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7698 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7702 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7706 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7708 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7711 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7715 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7717 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7718 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7721 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7723 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7725 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7726 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7727 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7728 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7729 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7731 struct solib_catchpoint
7733 /* The base class. */
7734 struct breakpoint base;
7736 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7737 unsigned char is_load;
7739 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7740 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7746 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7748 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7751 regfree (&self->compiled);
7752 xfree (self->regex);
7754 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7758 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7764 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7770 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7771 struct address_space *aspace,
7773 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7775 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7776 struct breakpoint *other;
7778 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7783 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7785 if (other == bl->owner)
7788 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7791 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7794 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7796 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7805 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7807 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7808 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7813 struct so_list *iter;
7816 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7821 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7830 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7835 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7841 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7844 static enum print_stop_action
7845 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7847 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7848 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7850 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7851 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7852 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7854 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7855 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7856 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7858 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7859 print_solib_event (1);
7860 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7864 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7866 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7867 struct value_print_options opts;
7868 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7871 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7872 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7873 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7875 if (opts.addressprint)
7878 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7885 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7887 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7892 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7894 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7899 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7900 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7901 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7905 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7907 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7909 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7910 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7914 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7916 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7919 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7920 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7926 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7928 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7929 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7930 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7931 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7932 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7933 created in an enabled state. */
7936 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7938 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7939 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7940 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7944 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7946 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7947 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7953 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7956 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7958 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7959 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7961 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7964 c->is_load = is_load;
7965 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7966 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7968 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7970 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7971 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7974 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7978 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7979 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7982 const int enabled = 1;
7984 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7986 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7990 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7991 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7993 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7997 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7998 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8000 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8003 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8004 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8005 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8006 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8007 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8009 struct syscall_catchpoint
8011 /* The base class. */
8012 struct breakpoint base;
8014 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8015 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8016 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8017 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8018 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8021 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8025 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8027 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8029 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8031 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8034 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8036 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8038 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8039 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8040 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8042 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8043 int any_syscall_count;
8045 /* Count of each system call. */
8046 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8048 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8049 if any catching is necessary. */
8050 int total_syscalls_count;
8053 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8054 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8056 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8058 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8059 if (inf_data == NULL)
8061 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8062 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8069 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8075 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8079 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8081 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8082 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8083 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8084 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8086 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8087 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8088 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8094 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8099 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8101 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8102 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8103 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8105 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8106 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8107 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8109 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8110 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8112 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8113 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8117 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8118 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8119 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8121 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8123 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8126 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8130 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8132 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8133 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8134 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8135 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8137 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8138 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8139 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8145 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8149 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8150 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8152 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8153 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8157 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8158 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8159 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8161 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8163 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8166 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8170 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8171 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8172 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8174 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8175 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8176 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8177 int syscall_number = 0;
8178 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8179 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8181 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8182 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8185 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8187 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8188 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8193 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8195 if (syscall_number == iter)
8205 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8208 static enum print_stop_action
8209 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8212 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8213 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8214 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8215 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8216 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8218 struct target_waitstatus last;
8221 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8223 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8225 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8227 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8228 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8234 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8235 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8237 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8239 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8241 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8242 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8244 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8246 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8247 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8251 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8253 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8256 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8260 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8261 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8263 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8264 struct value_print_options opts;
8265 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8267 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8268 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8269 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8271 if (opts.addressprint)
8272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8275 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8276 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8277 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8279 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8281 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8284 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8287 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8292 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8295 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8297 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8299 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8300 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8304 /* Remove the last comma. */
8305 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8312 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8313 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8316 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8320 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8322 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8324 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8328 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8329 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8331 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8334 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8338 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8341 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8343 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8345 printf_filtered (")");
8348 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8352 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8356 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8358 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8360 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8362 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8367 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8372 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8379 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8382 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8384 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8386 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8389 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8391 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8394 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8395 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8396 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8397 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8400 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8401 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8403 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8405 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8408 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8410 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8412 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8413 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8417 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8419 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8420 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8421 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8422 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8425 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8428 update_global_location_list (1);
8432 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8433 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8434 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8436 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8438 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8440 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8442 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8445 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8447 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8448 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8449 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8450 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8451 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8453 struct exec_catchpoint
8455 /* The base class. */
8456 struct breakpoint base;
8458 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8459 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8461 char *exec_pathname;
8464 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8468 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8470 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8472 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8474 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8478 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8480 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8484 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8486 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8490 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8491 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8492 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8494 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8496 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8499 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8503 static enum print_stop_action
8504 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8506 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8507 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8508 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8510 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8511 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8517 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8518 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8521 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8522 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8523 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8524 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8526 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8530 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8532 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8533 struct value_print_options opts;
8534 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8536 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8538 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8539 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8540 is relatively readable). */
8541 if (opts.addressprint)
8542 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8544 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8545 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8547 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8548 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8557 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8559 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8562 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8566 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8569 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8572 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8575 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8576 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8578 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8579 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8581 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8582 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8583 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8585 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8589 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8592 struct breakpoint *b;
8593 struct bp_location *bl;
8597 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8598 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8600 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8602 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8609 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8613 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8616 struct bp_location *bl;
8618 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8621 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8623 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8625 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8631 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8632 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8633 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8634 types _not_ TYPE. */
8637 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8638 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8641 struct breakpoint *b;
8643 *other_type_used = 0;
8648 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8651 if (b->type == type)
8652 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8653 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8654 *other_type_used = 1;
8661 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8663 struct breakpoint *b;
8667 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8669 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8670 update_global_location_list (0);
8676 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8678 struct breakpoint *b;
8682 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8684 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8685 update_global_location_list (1);
8691 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8693 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8694 update_global_location_list (0);
8698 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8700 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8701 breakpoint_re_set ();
8705 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8706 at address specified by SAL.
8707 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8710 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8711 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8713 struct breakpoint *b;
8715 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8717 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8719 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8720 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8721 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8722 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8724 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8725 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8727 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8728 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8730 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8735 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8736 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8739 static struct breakpoint *
8740 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8742 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8744 struct breakpoint *copy;
8746 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8747 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8748 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8750 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8751 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8752 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8753 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8754 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8755 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8756 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8757 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8758 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8759 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8760 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8762 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8763 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8764 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8770 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8774 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8776 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8780 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8784 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8787 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8789 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8791 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8792 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8794 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8798 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8801 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8803 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8806 printf_filtered ("\n");
8810 static struct bp_location *
8811 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8812 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8814 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8815 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8816 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8818 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8819 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8821 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8822 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8823 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8824 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8825 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8826 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8827 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8830 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8831 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8835 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8836 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8837 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8838 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8839 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8840 loc->section = sal->section;
8841 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8842 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8843 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8845 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8846 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8851 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8852 return 0 otherwise. */
8855 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8859 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8860 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8861 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8864 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8866 addr = loc->address;
8867 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8869 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8873 target_mem = alloca (len);
8875 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8876 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8877 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8878 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8880 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8881 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8883 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8884 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8887 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8892 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8893 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8896 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8898 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8899 char *printf_line = NULL;
8904 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8906 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8908 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8910 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8912 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8913 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8915 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8916 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8917 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8919 if (!dprintf_function)
8920 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8922 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8923 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8928 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8932 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8934 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8935 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8938 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8939 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8943 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8944 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8946 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8947 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8949 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8951 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8953 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8954 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8955 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8956 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8957 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8958 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8961 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8962 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8963 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8964 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8965 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8966 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8968 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8972 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8973 current style settings. */
8976 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8977 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8979 struct breakpoint *b;
8983 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8984 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8988 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8989 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8990 as condition expression. */
8993 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8994 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8995 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8997 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8998 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8999 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9000 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9001 int display_canonical)
9005 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9007 int target_resources_ok;
9009 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9010 target_resources_ok =
9011 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9013 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9014 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9015 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9016 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9019 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9021 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9023 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9024 struct bp_location *loc;
9028 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9030 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9032 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9033 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9038 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9042 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9043 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9044 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9045 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9046 b->disposition = disposition;
9048 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9049 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9051 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9053 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9054 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9056 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9058 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9059 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9060 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9064 p = skip_spaces (p);
9066 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9068 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9069 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9071 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9073 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9075 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9077 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9078 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9080 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9082 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9085 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9086 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9093 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9094 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9098 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9099 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9103 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9104 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9105 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9107 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9110 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9111 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9112 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9114 if (b->extra_string)
9115 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9117 error (_("Format string required"));
9119 else if (b->extra_string)
9120 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9123 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9125 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9127 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9130 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9135 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9136 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9137 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9139 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9140 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9141 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9142 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9143 int display_canonical)
9145 struct breakpoint *b;
9146 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9148 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9150 struct tracepoint *t;
9152 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9156 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9158 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9160 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9162 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9164 thread, task, ignore_count,
9166 enabled, internal, flags,
9168 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9170 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9173 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9174 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9175 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9176 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9177 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9178 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9179 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9180 we take just a single condition string.
9182 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9183 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9184 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9185 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9186 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9189 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9190 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9191 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9192 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9193 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9194 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9195 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9198 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9200 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9201 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9203 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9205 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9206 'break', without arguments. */
9207 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9208 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9210 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9211 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9213 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9214 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9217 cond_string, extra_string,
9219 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9220 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9221 canonical->special_display);
9222 discard_cleanups (inner);
9226 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9227 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9228 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9229 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9231 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9232 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9235 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9236 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9238 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9240 if ((*address) == NULL
9241 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9243 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9245 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9247 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9248 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9251 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9252 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9253 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9255 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9256 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9257 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9258 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9259 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9260 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9262 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9264 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9265 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9266 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9267 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9268 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9270 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9272 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9273 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9274 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9276 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9279 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9283 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9285 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9286 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9287 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9288 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9290 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9291 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9292 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9294 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9295 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9296 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9297 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9298 get_last_displayed_line (),
9299 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9301 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9302 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9307 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9308 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9311 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9315 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9316 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9319 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9320 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9321 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9322 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9323 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9327 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9328 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9331 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9333 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9335 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9337 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9339 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9341 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9342 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9343 associated with SAL. */
9346 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9348 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9351 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9352 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9354 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9358 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9360 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9361 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9363 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9366 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9367 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9368 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9369 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9370 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9371 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9374 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9375 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9378 *cond_string = NULL;
9387 char *cond_start = NULL;
9388 char *cond_end = NULL;
9390 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9392 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9394 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9398 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9400 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9402 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9404 struct expression *expr;
9406 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9407 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9410 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9412 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9418 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9420 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9421 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9422 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9424 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9430 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9432 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9433 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9434 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9438 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9442 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9446 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9448 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9449 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9451 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9452 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9453 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9454 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9459 p = skip_spaces (p);
9461 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9463 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9464 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9466 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9467 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9468 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9470 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9471 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9473 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9475 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9477 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9479 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9481 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9482 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9484 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9487 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9493 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9494 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9495 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9496 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9497 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9498 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9499 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9500 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9501 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9505 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9506 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9507 int thread, char *extra_string,
9508 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9509 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9511 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9512 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9513 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9516 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9517 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9518 char *addr_start = arg;
9519 struct linespec_result canonical;
9520 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9521 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9524 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9526 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9528 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9530 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9532 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9533 addr_start, ©_arg);
9536 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9540 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9546 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9548 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9551 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9552 throw_exception (e);
9554 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9556 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9557 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9558 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9559 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9560 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9563 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9564 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9565 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9566 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9568 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9570 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9571 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9572 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9573 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9574 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9576 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9580 throw_exception (e);
9584 throw_exception (e);
9587 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9588 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9590 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9591 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9592 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9593 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9594 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9596 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9597 are ok for the target. */
9601 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9603 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9604 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9607 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9608 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9611 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9613 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9614 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9617 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9618 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9622 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9624 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9626 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9629 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9630 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9631 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9632 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9634 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9635 &thread, &task, &rest);
9637 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9639 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9641 extra_string = rest;
9645 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9648 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9649 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9651 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9654 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9655 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9659 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9660 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9661 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9662 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9663 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9667 struct breakpoint *b;
9669 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9671 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9673 struct tracepoint *t;
9675 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9679 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9681 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9683 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9684 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9685 b->cond_string = NULL;
9688 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9691 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9692 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9694 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9696 b->extra_string = NULL;
9697 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9698 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9699 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9700 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9701 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9702 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9703 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9705 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9708 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9710 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9711 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9712 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9715 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9717 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9718 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9719 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9721 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9722 update_global_location_list (1);
9727 /* Set a breakpoint.
9728 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9729 condition, and thread.
9730 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9731 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9735 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9737 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9738 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9739 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9741 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9742 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9744 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9745 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9746 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9748 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9750 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9752 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9753 tempflag, type_wanted,
9754 0 /* Ignore count */,
9755 pending_break_support,
9763 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9766 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9770 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9772 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9773 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9774 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9777 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9778 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9779 if (sal->explicit_line)
9780 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9783 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9785 struct blockvector *bv;
9789 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9792 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9795 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9796 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9800 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9801 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9802 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9803 happen in assembly source). */
9805 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9806 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9808 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9810 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9812 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9814 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9821 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9823 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9827 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9829 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9833 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9835 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9839 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9841 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9845 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9847 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9848 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9849 stop at <line>\n"));
9853 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9857 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9859 else if (*arg != '*')
9864 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9865 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9866 function/method name. */
9867 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9869 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9874 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9876 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9880 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9882 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9886 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9890 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9897 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9898 it is probably a line number. */
9899 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9901 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9906 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9908 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9912 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9914 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9917 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9918 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9919 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9923 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9925 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9927 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9929 0 /* Ignore count */,
9930 pending_break_support,
9931 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9939 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9941 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9944 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9945 ranged breakpoints. */
9948 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9949 struct address_space *aspace,
9951 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9953 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9954 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9957 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9958 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9961 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9962 ranged breakpoints. */
9965 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9967 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9970 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9971 ranged breakpoints. */
9973 static enum print_stop_action
9974 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9976 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9977 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9978 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9980 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9982 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9983 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9985 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9986 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9987 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9992 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9993 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9996 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9997 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9999 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10002 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10003 ranged breakpoints. */
10006 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10007 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10009 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10010 struct value_print_options opts;
10011 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10013 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10014 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10016 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10018 if (opts.addressprint)
10019 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10020 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10021 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10022 annotate_field (5);
10023 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10027 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10028 ranged breakpoints. */
10031 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10032 struct ui_out *uiout)
10034 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10035 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10036 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10037 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10041 address_start = bl->address;
10042 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10045 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10046 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10047 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10048 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10051 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10054 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10055 ranged breakpoints. */
10058 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10060 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10061 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10064 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10066 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10069 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10070 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10071 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10074 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10075 ranged breakpoints. */
10078 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10080 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10081 b->addr_string_range_end);
10082 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10085 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10087 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10089 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10090 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10091 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10092 last instruction of the given line. */
10095 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10099 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10100 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10101 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10108 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10110 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10112 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10119 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10122 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10124 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10125 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10126 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10128 struct breakpoint *b;
10129 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10130 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10131 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10133 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10134 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10135 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10137 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10138 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10139 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10141 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10142 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10144 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10145 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10146 error(_("No address range specified."));
10148 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10151 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10153 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10156 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10157 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10158 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10160 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10162 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10163 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10164 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10166 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10167 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10168 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10170 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10171 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10173 /* Parse the end location. */
10175 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10178 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10179 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10180 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10181 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10182 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10183 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10184 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10185 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10187 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10189 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10190 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10192 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10193 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10194 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10195 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10197 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10198 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10199 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10201 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10202 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10203 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10205 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10207 /* Length overflowed. */
10208 error (_("Address range too large."));
10209 else if (length == 1)
10211 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10212 the `hbreak' command. */
10213 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10215 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10220 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10221 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10222 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10223 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10224 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10225 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10226 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10227 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10228 b->loc->length = length;
10230 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10233 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10234 update_global_location_list (1);
10237 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10238 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10239 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10243 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10245 int i = exp->nelts;
10251 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10252 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10255 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10265 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10266 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10267 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10268 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10269 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10271 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10299 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10302 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10303 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10308 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10309 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10310 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10311 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10312 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10313 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10314 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10316 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10317 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10322 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10324 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10325 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10326 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10327 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10329 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10330 are always constant. */
10332 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10334 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10335 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10336 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10341 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10342 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10343 then it is not a constant. */
10352 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10355 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10357 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10359 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10361 xfree (w->exp_string);
10362 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10363 value_free (w->val);
10365 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10368 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10371 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10373 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10375 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10376 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10378 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10379 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10380 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10381 are loaded and unloaded.
10383 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10384 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10385 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10386 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10387 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10388 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10390 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10391 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10392 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10393 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10395 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10396 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10398 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10399 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10400 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10403 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10406 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10408 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10409 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10411 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10415 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10418 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10420 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10421 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10423 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10428 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10429 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10430 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10432 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10433 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10435 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10436 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10437 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10438 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10439 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10440 (did not match the data address). */
10441 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10442 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10449 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10451 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10453 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10456 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10457 hardware watchpoints. */
10460 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10462 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10463 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10465 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10468 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10469 hardware watchpoints. */
10472 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10474 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10475 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10478 static enum print_stop_action
10479 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10481 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10482 struct breakpoint *b;
10483 const struct bp_location *bl;
10484 struct ui_file *stb;
10485 enum print_stop_action result;
10486 struct watchpoint *w;
10487 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10489 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10491 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10492 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10493 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10495 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10496 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10500 case bp_watchpoint:
10501 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10502 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10503 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10504 ui_out_field_string
10506 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10508 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10509 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10510 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10511 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10513 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10514 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10516 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10520 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10521 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10522 ui_out_field_string
10524 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10526 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10527 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10528 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10529 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10530 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10531 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10534 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10535 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10537 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10539 ui_out_field_string
10541 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10543 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10544 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10545 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10546 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10547 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10553 ui_out_field_string
10555 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10556 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10557 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10559 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10560 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10561 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10562 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10565 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10568 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10572 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10576 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10578 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10579 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10580 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10584 case bp_watchpoint:
10585 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10586 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10588 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10589 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10590 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10592 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10593 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10594 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10596 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10597 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10598 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10601 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10602 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10605 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10606 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10607 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10608 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10611 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10615 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10621 case bp_watchpoint:
10622 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10623 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10625 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10628 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10632 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10633 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10636 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10637 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10640 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10642 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10644 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10645 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10648 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10650 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10652 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10653 bl->watchpoint_type);
10656 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10657 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10660 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10662 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10664 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10665 bl->watchpoint_type);
10668 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10669 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10672 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10674 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10676 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10679 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10680 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10683 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10688 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10689 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10691 static enum print_stop_action
10692 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10694 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10695 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10697 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10698 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10702 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10703 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10704 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10705 ui_out_field_string
10707 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10710 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10712 ui_out_field_string
10714 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10717 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10724 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10725 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10729 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10730 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10731 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10732 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10734 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10735 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10738 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10739 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10742 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10743 struct ui_out *uiout)
10745 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10747 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10748 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10750 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10751 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10752 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10755 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10756 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10759 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10761 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10762 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10763 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10767 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10768 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10769 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10771 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10772 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10773 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10775 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10776 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10777 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10780 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10781 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10784 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10785 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10786 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10787 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10790 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10791 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10794 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10796 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10801 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10802 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10804 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10805 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10807 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10811 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10812 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10815 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10817 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10822 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10824 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10827 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10829 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10832 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10833 hw_read: watch read,
10834 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10836 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10837 int just_location, int internal)
10839 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10840 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10841 struct expression *exp;
10842 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10843 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10844 struct frame_info *frame;
10845 char *exp_start = NULL;
10846 char *exp_end = NULL;
10847 char *tok, *end_tok;
10849 char *cond_start = NULL;
10850 char *cond_end = NULL;
10851 enum bptype bp_type;
10854 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10855 the hardware watchpoint. */
10857 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10858 struct watchpoint *w;
10860 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10861 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10865 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10866 of the arguments string. */
10867 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10869 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10870 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10873 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10874 This is the value of the parameter. */
10875 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10877 value_start = tok + 1;
10879 /* Skip whitespace. */
10880 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10885 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10886 This is the parameter itself. */
10887 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10890 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10892 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10894 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10895 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10896 only in a specific thread. */
10900 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10902 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10903 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10905 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10907 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10908 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10910 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10911 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10912 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10914 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10916 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10917 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10919 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10922 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10924 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10926 mark = value_mark ();
10927 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10928 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10929 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10932 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10935 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10936 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10941 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10942 innermost_block = NULL;
10944 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10946 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10947 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10949 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10952 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10953 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10957 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10958 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10960 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10963 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10964 mark = value_mark ();
10965 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10971 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10972 val = value_addr (result);
10973 release_value (val);
10974 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10978 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10981 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10982 else if (ret == -2)
10983 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10986 else if (val != NULL)
10987 release_value (val);
10989 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10990 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10992 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10993 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10995 struct expression *cond;
10997 innermost_block = NULL;
10998 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10999 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11001 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11002 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11003 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11009 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11011 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11012 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11013 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11014 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11016 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11018 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11020 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11021 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11022 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11023 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11024 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11026 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11029 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11030 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11031 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11032 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11034 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11036 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11037 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11039 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11040 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11042 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11043 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11044 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11045 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11046 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11047 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11048 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11049 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11050 scope_breakpoint->type);
11054 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11056 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11059 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11060 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11062 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11063 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11064 b->thread = thread;
11065 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11066 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11068 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11069 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11072 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11073 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11076 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11077 name = type_to_string (t);
11079 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11080 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11083 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11084 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11086 /* The above expression is in C. */
11087 b->language = language_c;
11090 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11094 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11103 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11105 b->cond_string = 0;
11109 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11110 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11114 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11115 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11118 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11120 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11121 need to act on them together. */
11122 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11123 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11126 if (!just_location)
11127 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11129 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11131 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11132 that should be inserted. */
11133 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11137 delete_breakpoint (b);
11138 throw_exception (e);
11141 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11144 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11145 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11148 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11150 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11151 struct value *head = v;
11153 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11154 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11157 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11158 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11159 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11160 hardware watchpoint.
11162 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11163 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11164 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11165 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11166 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11167 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11168 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11169 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11170 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11172 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11173 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11174 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11175 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11176 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11178 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11180 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11181 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11182 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11183 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11184 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11185 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11189 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11190 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11191 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11193 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11194 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11195 middle of some value chain. */
11197 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11198 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11200 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11204 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11205 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11206 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11208 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11212 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11216 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11217 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11218 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11219 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11220 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11223 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11224 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11225 return found_memory_cnt;
11229 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11231 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11234 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11235 calls watch_command_1. */
11238 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11240 int just_location = 0;
11243 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11244 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11246 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11250 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11254 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11260 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11262 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11266 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11268 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11272 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11274 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11278 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11280 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11284 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11285 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11287 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11289 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11290 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11294 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11295 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11296 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11299 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11301 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11303 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11304 if (a->breakpoint2)
11305 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11306 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11310 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11312 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11313 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11314 struct frame_info *frame;
11315 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11316 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11317 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11318 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11319 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11320 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11322 struct thread_info *tp;
11324 clear_proceed_status ();
11326 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11329 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11330 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11331 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11332 get_last_displayed_line ());
11334 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11335 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11337 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11338 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11340 sal = sals.sals[0];
11341 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11344 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11346 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11348 tp = inferior_thread ();
11351 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11353 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11354 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11355 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11358 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11359 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11360 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11361 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11363 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11366 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11368 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11370 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11371 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11372 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11376 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11378 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11379 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11382 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11386 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11387 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11388 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11389 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11391 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11392 only at the very same frame. */
11393 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11394 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11395 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11397 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11399 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11400 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11401 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11402 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11404 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11406 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11407 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11409 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11410 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11411 args->thread_num = thread;
11413 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11414 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11415 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11419 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11422 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11423 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11425 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11426 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11427 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11428 if clause in the arg string. */
11431 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11435 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11438 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11441 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11442 condition string. */
11443 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11444 cond_string = *arg;
11446 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11448 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11450 return cond_string;
11453 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11454 process start/exit, etc. */
11458 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11459 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11464 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11465 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11467 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11468 char *cond_string = NULL;
11469 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11472 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11473 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11474 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11478 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11480 /* The allowed syntax is:
11482 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11484 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11485 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11487 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11488 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11490 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11491 and enable reporting of such events. */
11494 case catch_fork_temporary:
11495 case catch_fork_permanent:
11496 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11497 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11499 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11500 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11501 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11502 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11505 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11511 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11512 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11514 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11515 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11517 char *cond_string = NULL;
11519 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11523 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11525 /* The allowed syntax is:
11527 catch exec if <cond>
11529 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11530 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11532 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11533 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11535 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11536 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11537 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11538 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11540 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11543 static enum print_stop_action
11544 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11546 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11547 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11548 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11550 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11552 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11553 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11554 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11557 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11558 ui_out_text (uiout,
11559 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11561 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11562 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11563 ui_out_text (uiout,
11564 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11565 : " (exception caught), ");
11566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11569 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11571 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11573 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11577 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11578 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11580 struct value_print_options opts;
11581 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11583 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11584 if (opts.addressprint)
11586 annotate_field (4);
11587 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11588 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11590 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11591 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11593 annotate_field (5);
11595 *last_loc = b->loc;
11596 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11599 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11605 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11606 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11611 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11613 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11617 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11618 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11619 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11620 : _("Catchpoint "));
11621 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11622 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11626 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11627 catch catchpoints. */
11630 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11631 struct ui_file *fp)
11636 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11637 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11638 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11640 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11643 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11646 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11647 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11649 char *trigger_func_name;
11651 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11652 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11654 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11656 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11657 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11658 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11659 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11661 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11662 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11670 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11673 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11674 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11676 char *cond_string = NULL;
11680 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11682 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11684 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11685 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11687 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11688 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11689 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11691 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11694 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11697 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11700 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11702 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11704 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11707 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11710 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11712 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11714 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11718 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11719 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11720 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11722 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11728 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11730 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11732 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11733 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11734 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11735 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11736 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11737 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11738 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11739 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11740 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11741 enough for now, though. */
11744 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11746 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11747 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11748 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11749 b->language = language_ada;
11752 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11753 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11755 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11757 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11758 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11760 while (*arg != '\0')
11762 int i, syscall_number;
11764 char cur_name[128];
11767 /* Skip whitespace. */
11768 while (isspace (*arg))
11771 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11772 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11773 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11776 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11777 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11778 if (*endptr == '\0')
11779 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11782 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11784 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11786 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11787 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11788 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11789 syscall number to be caught. */
11790 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11793 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11794 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11797 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11801 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11804 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11805 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11810 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11812 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11813 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11814 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11815 this architecture yet."));
11817 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11819 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11821 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11822 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11823 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11824 for his/her architecture. */
11825 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11827 /* The allowed syntax is:
11829 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11831 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11834 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11838 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11839 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11843 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11845 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11850 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11852 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11855 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11858 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11860 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11861 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11862 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11863 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11865 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11867 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11870 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11874 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11877 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11880 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11882 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11883 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11886 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11887 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11889 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11893 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11894 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11895 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11896 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11901 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11902 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11903 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11904 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11906 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11907 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11908 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11909 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11910 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11911 error (_("No source file specified."));
11913 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11919 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11920 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11921 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11922 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11924 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11925 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11926 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11927 due to optimization, all in one block.
11929 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11930 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11931 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11932 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11933 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11934 to support that. */
11936 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11937 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11938 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11942 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11943 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11945 const char *sal_fullname;
11947 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11948 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11949 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11952 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11957 1 0 <can't happen> */
11959 sal = sals.sals[i];
11960 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11961 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11963 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11967 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11968 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11970 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11971 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11973 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11974 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11975 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11977 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11978 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11979 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11980 || loc->section == sal.section));
11981 int line_match = 0;
11983 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11984 && loc->symtab != NULL
11985 && sal_fullname != NULL
11986 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11987 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11988 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11989 sal_fullname) == 0)
11992 if (pc_match || line_match)
12001 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12005 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12006 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12009 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12011 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12014 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12015 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12016 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12017 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12018 compare_breakpoints);
12019 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12020 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12024 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12029 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12030 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12033 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12034 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12036 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12039 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12042 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12043 delete_breakpoint (b);
12046 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12048 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12051 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12052 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12053 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12056 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12058 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12060 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12061 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12062 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12064 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12068 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12069 delete_breakpoint (b);
12073 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12074 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12075 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12076 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12077 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12078 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12081 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12083 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12084 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12085 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12086 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12087 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12089 if (a->address != b->address)
12090 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12092 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12093 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12096 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12097 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12098 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12100 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12101 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12102 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12104 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12105 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12106 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12108 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12109 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12110 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12112 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12115 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12116 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12117 content of the bp_location array. */
12120 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12122 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12124 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12125 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12127 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12129 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12131 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12134 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12135 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12137 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12138 addr = bl->address - start;
12139 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12140 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12142 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12144 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12145 addr = end - bl->address;
12146 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12147 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12151 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12154 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12156 struct breakpoint *b;
12157 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12159 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12162 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12164 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12166 struct bp_location *bl;
12167 struct tracepoint *t;
12168 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12170 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12171 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12172 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12175 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12177 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12178 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12179 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12180 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12183 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12185 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12188 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12190 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12191 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12192 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12193 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12196 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12199 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12202 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12204 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12205 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12206 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12207 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12209 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12210 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12211 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12212 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12213 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12215 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12216 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12217 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12218 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12219 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12220 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12221 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12222 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12225 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12226 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12227 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12231 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12233 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12234 struct bp_location *loc;
12235 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12238 address = bl->address;
12239 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12241 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12242 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12243 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12245 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12246 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12249 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12250 the same program space as the location
12251 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12252 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12253 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12257 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12258 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12261 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12262 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12263 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12264 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12265 that have already been marked. */
12266 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12268 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12270 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12272 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12273 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12278 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12279 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12280 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12281 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12282 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12283 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12284 returns true on them.
12286 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12287 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12288 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12289 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12290 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12291 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12294 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12296 struct breakpoint *b;
12297 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12298 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12299 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12300 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12301 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12302 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12304 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12305 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12306 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12307 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12308 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12310 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12311 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12312 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12313 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12315 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12316 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12317 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12318 unsigned old_location_count;
12320 old_location = bp_location;
12321 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12322 bp_location = NULL;
12323 bp_location_count = 0;
12324 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12327 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12328 bp_location_count++;
12330 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12331 locp = bp_location;
12332 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12333 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12335 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12336 bp_location_compare);
12338 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12340 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12341 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12342 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12343 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12344 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12347 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12348 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12350 locp = bp_location;
12351 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12354 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12355 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12357 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12358 not, we have to free it. */
12359 int found_object = 0;
12360 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12361 int keep_in_target = 0;
12364 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12365 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12366 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12367 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12371 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12372 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12375 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12376 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12377 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12379 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12380 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12381 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12383 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12384 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12387 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12391 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12392 have to go through updates again. */
12393 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12395 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12397 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12399 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12400 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12401 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12402 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12403 at certain location is not inserted. */
12405 if (old_loc->inserted)
12407 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12410 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12412 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12413 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12414 keep_in_target = 1;
12418 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12419 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12420 remove its target-side condition. */
12422 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12423 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12424 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12425 this one from the target. */
12427 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12428 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12431 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12432 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12435 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12437 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12439 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12440 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12441 supported, but the latter are. */
12442 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12444 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12445 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12448 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12449 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12451 if (loc2 != old_loc
12452 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12454 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12455 keep_in_target = 1;
12463 if (!keep_in_target)
12465 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12467 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12468 this location on the global list, and try to
12469 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12470 reason why we will succeed next time.
12472 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12473 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12474 only after calling us. */
12475 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12476 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12477 old_loc->owner->number);
12485 if (removed && non_stop
12486 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12487 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12489 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12490 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12491 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12492 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12493 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12494 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12495 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12496 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12497 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12498 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12499 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12500 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12501 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12502 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12505 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12506 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12508 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12509 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12510 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12511 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12512 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12513 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12514 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12515 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12516 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12517 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12518 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12519 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12520 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12523 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12524 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12525 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12526 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12528 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12529 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12530 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12531 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12532 traps we can no longer explain. */
12534 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12535 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12537 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12541 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12542 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12547 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12548 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12549 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12550 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12551 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12552 are sorted first for the same address.
12554 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12555 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12557 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12558 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12559 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12560 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12563 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12565 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12568 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12569 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12570 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12571 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12572 `struct bp_location'. */
12573 || is_tracepoint (b))
12575 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12576 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12580 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12581 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12582 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12583 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12584 "actually inserted"));
12586 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12587 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12588 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12589 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12590 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12591 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12593 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12595 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12596 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12597 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12599 *loc_first_p = loc;
12600 loc->duplicate = 0;
12602 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12604 loc->needs_update = 1;
12605 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12606 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12612 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12613 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12614 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12616 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12617 loc->duplicate = 1;
12619 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12620 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12622 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12623 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12624 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12625 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12626 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12629 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12630 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12631 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12634 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12637 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12638 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12639 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12641 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12646 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12648 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12652 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12654 struct bp_location *loc;
12657 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12658 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12660 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12661 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12667 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12669 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12671 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12672 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12675 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12678 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12682 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12683 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12685 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12686 bs->old_val = NULL;
12687 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12691 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12693 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12695 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12697 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12701 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12705 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12707 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12708 struct value_print_options opts;
12710 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12712 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12714 if (b->loc == NULL)
12716 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12720 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12722 printf_filtered (" at ");
12723 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12726 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12728 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12730 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12731 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12732 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12733 b->loc->line_number);
12735 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12736 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12737 real situation somewhat. */
12738 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12743 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12745 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12747 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12752 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12755 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12757 xfree (self->cond);
12758 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12759 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12760 xfree (self->function_name);
12763 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12768 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12772 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12774 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12775 xfree (self->cond_string);
12776 xfree (self->addr_string);
12777 xfree (self->filter);
12778 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12781 static struct bp_location *
12782 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12784 struct bp_location *loc;
12786 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12787 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12792 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12794 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12797 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12798 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12801 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12807 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12809 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12813 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12814 struct address_space *aspace,
12816 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12822 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12827 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12831 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12833 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12836 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12840 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12842 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12845 static enum print_stop_action
12846 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12848 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12852 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12853 struct ui_out *uiout)
12859 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12865 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12867 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12871 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12872 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12873 enum bptype type_wanted,
12877 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12881 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12882 struct linespec_result *c,
12883 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12885 char *extra_string,
12886 enum bptype type_wanted,
12887 enum bpdisp disposition,
12889 int task, int ignore_count,
12890 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12891 int from_tty, int enabled,
12892 int internal, unsigned flags)
12894 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12898 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12899 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12901 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12904 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12906 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12907 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12909 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12912 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12914 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12915 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12916 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12917 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12918 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12919 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12920 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12921 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12922 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12923 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12925 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12926 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12927 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12928 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12929 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12930 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12931 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12934 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12937 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12939 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12940 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12942 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12943 delete_breakpoint (b);
12947 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12951 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12953 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12954 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12957 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12962 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12964 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12965 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12967 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12971 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12972 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12973 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12975 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12977 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12978 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12981 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12985 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12986 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12987 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12994 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12996 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13001 static enum print_stop_action
13002 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13004 struct breakpoint *b;
13005 const struct bp_location *bl;
13007 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13009 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13011 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13012 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13014 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13015 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13016 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13019 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13027 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13028 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13031 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13033 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13037 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13044 case bp_breakpoint:
13045 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13046 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13047 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13049 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13050 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13051 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13052 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13054 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13055 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13058 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13066 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13068 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13069 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13070 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13072 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13073 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13074 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13075 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13078 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13079 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13081 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13082 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13086 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13087 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13088 enum bptype type_wanted,
13089 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13091 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13092 addr_start, copy_arg);
13096 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13097 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13098 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13100 char *extra_string,
13101 enum bptype type_wanted,
13102 enum bpdisp disposition,
13104 int task, int ignore_count,
13105 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13106 int from_tty, int enabled,
13107 int internal, unsigned flags)
13109 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13110 cond_string, extra_string,
13112 disposition, thread, task,
13113 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13114 enabled, internal, flags);
13118 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13119 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13121 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13124 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13127 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13131 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13132 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13133 case bp_overlay_event:
13134 case bp_longjmp_master:
13135 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13136 case bp_exception_master:
13137 delete_breakpoint (b);
13140 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13141 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13142 case bp_shlib_event:
13144 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13145 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13146 case bp_thread_event:
13152 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13154 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13156 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13157 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13158 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13159 objects (among other things). */
13160 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13161 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13167 static enum print_stop_action
13168 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13170 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13171 struct breakpoint *b;
13173 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13177 case bp_shlib_event:
13178 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13179 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13180 to shlib event" message.) */
13181 print_solib_event (0);
13184 case bp_thread_event:
13185 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13186 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13187 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13190 case bp_overlay_event:
13191 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13192 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13195 case bp_longjmp_master:
13196 /* These should never be enabled. */
13197 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13200 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13201 /* These should never be enabled. */
13202 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13203 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13206 case bp_exception_master:
13207 /* These should never be enabled. */
13208 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13209 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13213 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13217 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13219 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13222 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13225 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13227 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13228 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13229 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13230 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13234 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13236 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13239 static enum print_stop_action
13240 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13242 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13244 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13246 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13251 ui_out_field_string
13253 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13257 ui_out_field_string
13259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13264 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13268 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13270 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13273 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13275 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13276 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13279 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13281 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13284 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13286 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13289 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13292 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13294 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13298 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13300 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13307 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13309 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13310 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13312 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13316 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13317 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13318 enum bptype type_wanted,
13319 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13321 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13323 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13325 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13326 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13328 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13332 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13333 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13335 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13337 error (_("probe not found"));
13340 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13343 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13345 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13349 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13350 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13351 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13353 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13359 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13360 struct ui_out *uiout)
13362 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13363 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13365 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13369 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13370 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13375 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13377 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13382 case bp_tracepoint:
13383 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13384 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13386 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13387 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13388 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13390 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13391 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13392 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13395 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13396 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13403 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13405 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13407 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13408 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13409 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13410 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13411 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13412 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13414 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13415 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13417 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13418 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13420 if (tp->pass_count)
13421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13425 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13426 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13427 enum bptype type_wanted,
13428 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13430 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13431 addr_start, copy_arg);
13435 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13436 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13437 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13439 char *extra_string,
13440 enum bptype type_wanted,
13441 enum bpdisp disposition,
13443 int task, int ignore_count,
13444 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13445 int from_tty, int enabled,
13446 int internal, unsigned flags)
13448 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13449 cond_string, extra_string,
13451 disposition, thread, task,
13452 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13453 enabled, internal, flags);
13457 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13458 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13460 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13463 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13465 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13469 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13470 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13471 enum bptype type_wanted,
13472 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13474 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13475 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13476 addr_start, copy_arg);
13480 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13481 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13483 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13484 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13487 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13489 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13493 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13494 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13495 enum bptype type_wanted,
13496 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13498 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13500 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13502 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13504 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13505 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13506 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13510 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13511 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13512 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13514 char *extra_string,
13515 enum bptype type_wanted,
13516 enum bpdisp disposition,
13518 int task, int ignore_count,
13519 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13520 int from_tty, int enabled,
13521 int internal, unsigned flags)
13525 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13526 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13527 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13528 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13529 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13530 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13532 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13534 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13535 struct tracepoint *tp;
13536 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13539 expanded.nelts = 1;
13540 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13542 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13543 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13545 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13546 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13548 cond_string, extra_string,
13549 type_wanted, disposition,
13550 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13551 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13552 canonical->special_display);
13553 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13554 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13555 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13556 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13557 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13558 corresponds to this one */
13559 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13561 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13563 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13568 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13569 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13571 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13573 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13574 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13576 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13580 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13583 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13586 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13588 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13591 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13595 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13597 struct breakpoint *b;
13599 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13601 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13602 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13605 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13606 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13607 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13608 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13609 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13612 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13613 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13614 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13615 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13617 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13620 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13621 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13622 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13624 struct breakpoint *related;
13625 struct watchpoint *w;
13627 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13628 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13629 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13630 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13634 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13636 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13637 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13638 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13639 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13640 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13643 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13644 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13645 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13646 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13648 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13650 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13651 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13654 if (b->next == bpt)
13656 b->next = bpt->next;
13660 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13662 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13663 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13664 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13665 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13666 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13667 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13668 commands won't work. */
13670 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13672 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13673 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13674 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13675 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13676 might be better design to have location completely
13677 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13678 update_global_location_list (0);
13680 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13681 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13682 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13683 bpt->type = bp_none;
13688 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13690 delete_breakpoint (b);
13694 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13696 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13699 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13700 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13703 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13704 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13708 struct breakpoint *related;
13713 struct breakpoint *next;
13715 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13716 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13718 if (next == related)
13720 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13721 function (related, data);
13723 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13724 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13729 function (related, data);
13733 while (related != b);
13737 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13739 delete_breakpoint (b);
13742 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13743 delete_breakpoint. */
13746 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13748 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13752 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13754 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13760 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13762 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13763 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13764 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13765 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13766 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13768 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13772 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13774 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13776 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13777 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13778 delete_breakpoint (b);
13782 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13786 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13788 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13789 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13790 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13795 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13796 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13797 Null names are ignored. */
13800 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13802 struct bp_location *l;
13803 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13804 (int (*) (const void *,
13805 const void *)) streq,
13806 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13808 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13811 const char *name = l->function_name;
13813 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13817 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13819 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13823 htab_delete (htab);
13829 htab_delete (htab);
13833 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13834 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13835 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13836 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13837 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13838 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13839 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13840 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13843 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13844 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13845 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13846 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13847 in the sources, and output a warning.
13849 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13850 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13851 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13852 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13853 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13856 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13857 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13858 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13859 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13860 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13861 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13862 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13863 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13864 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13866 static struct symtab_and_line
13867 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13869 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13870 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13875 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13877 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13879 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13880 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13882 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13884 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13885 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13886 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13891 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13893 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13895 && sal.symtab != NULL
13896 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13898 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13901 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13903 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13905 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13906 struct symbol *sym;
13907 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13908 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13910 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13912 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13913 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13915 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13916 "found at previous line number"),
13917 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13921 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13923 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13924 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13925 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13928 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13929 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13930 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13932 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13933 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13934 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13936 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13938 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13940 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13943 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13944 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13946 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13947 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13949 xfree (b->addr_string);
13950 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13951 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13952 b->loc->line_number);
13954 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13957 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13963 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13964 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13967 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13971 if (a->address != b->address)
13974 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13977 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13984 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13990 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13991 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13992 a ranged breakpoint. */
13995 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13996 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13997 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14000 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14002 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14004 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14006 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14007 update_global_location_list (1);
14008 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14009 "multiple locations found\n"),
14014 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14015 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14016 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14017 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14018 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14019 individual locations. */
14020 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14025 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14027 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14029 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14031 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14033 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14035 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14038 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14040 s = b->cond_string;
14041 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14043 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14044 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14049 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14050 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14051 b->number, e.message);
14052 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14056 if (sals_end.nelts)
14058 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14060 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14064 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14065 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14066 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14068 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14071 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14072 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14073 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14074 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14075 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14076 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14077 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14079 for (; e; e = e->next)
14081 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14083 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14084 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14086 for (; l; l = l->next)
14087 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14095 for (; l; l = l->next)
14096 if (l->function_name
14097 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14107 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14108 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14110 update_global_location_list (1);
14113 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14114 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14116 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14117 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14120 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14121 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14123 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14126 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14128 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14132 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14133 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14134 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14135 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14136 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14137 state, then user already saw the message about that
14138 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14140 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14141 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14142 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14143 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14144 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14145 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14147 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14149 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14150 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14151 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14152 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14153 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14154 which approach is better. */
14155 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14156 throw_exception (e);
14160 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14164 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14165 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14166 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14168 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14171 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14172 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14175 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14176 b->thread = thread;
14179 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14180 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14183 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14184 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14194 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14195 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14199 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14202 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14203 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14204 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14206 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14209 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14213 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14215 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14218 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14219 expanded_end = sals_end;
14223 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14226 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14227 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14230 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14231 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14232 enum bptype type_wanted,
14233 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14235 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14238 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14239 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14243 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14244 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14245 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14247 char *extra_string,
14248 enum bptype type_wanted,
14249 enum bpdisp disposition,
14251 int task, int ignore_count,
14252 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14253 int from_tty, int enabled,
14254 int internal, unsigned flags)
14256 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14258 type_wanted, disposition,
14259 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14260 enabled, internal, flags);
14263 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14264 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14267 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14268 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14270 struct linespec_result canonical;
14272 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14273 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14274 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14275 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14278 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14279 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14281 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14283 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14285 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14286 *sals = lsal->sals;
14287 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14289 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14292 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14295 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14297 static struct cleanup *
14298 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14300 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14302 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14303 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14304 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14305 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14306 set_language (b->language);
14311 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14312 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14313 Unused in this case. */
14316 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14318 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14319 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14320 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14322 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14323 b->ops->re_set (b);
14324 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14328 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14330 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14332 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14333 enum language save_language;
14334 int save_input_radix;
14335 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14337 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14338 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14339 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14343 /* Format possible error msg. */
14344 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14346 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14347 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14348 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14350 set_language (save_language);
14351 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14353 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14355 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14357 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14358 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14359 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14360 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14363 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14365 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14366 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14368 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14370 if (b->thread != -1)
14372 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14373 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14375 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14376 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14377 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14379 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14383 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14384 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14385 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14388 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14390 struct breakpoint *b;
14395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14396 if (b->number == bptnum)
14398 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14400 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14401 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14406 b->ignore_count = count;
14410 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14411 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14413 else if (count == 1)
14414 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14417 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14418 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14421 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14425 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14428 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14431 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14437 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14439 num = get_number (&p);
14441 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14443 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14445 set_ignore_count (num,
14446 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14449 printf_filtered ("\n");
14452 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14453 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14456 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14461 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14463 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14466 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14468 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14470 while (!state.finished)
14472 char *p = state.string;
14476 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14479 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14484 if (b->number == num)
14487 function (b, data);
14491 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14496 static struct bp_location *
14497 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14499 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14503 struct breakpoint *b;
14504 struct bp_location *loc;
14509 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14511 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14514 if (b->number == bp_num)
14519 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14520 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14523 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14525 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14529 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14532 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14538 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14539 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14540 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14543 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14545 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14546 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14547 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14548 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14551 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14552 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14555 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14557 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14558 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14560 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14561 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14563 struct bp_location *location;
14565 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14566 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14569 update_global_location_list (0);
14571 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14574 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14577 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14579 disable_breakpoint (b);
14582 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14583 disable_breakpoint. */
14586 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14588 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14592 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14596 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14599 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14600 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14602 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14604 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14610 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14612 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14613 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14614 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14615 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14617 update_global_location_list (0);
14620 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14624 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14627 int target_resources_ok;
14629 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14632 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14633 target_resources_ok =
14634 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14636 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14637 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14638 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14639 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14642 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14644 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14645 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14646 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14648 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14650 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14652 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14653 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14654 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14658 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14659 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14665 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14666 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14668 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14670 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14671 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14673 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14674 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14676 struct bp_location *location;
14678 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14679 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14682 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14683 bpt->enable_count = count;
14684 update_global_location_list (1);
14686 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14691 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14693 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14697 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14699 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14702 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14703 enable_breakpoint. */
14706 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14708 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14711 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14712 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14713 in stopping the inferior. */
14716 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14720 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14723 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14724 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14726 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14728 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14734 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14736 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14737 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14738 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14739 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14741 update_global_location_list (1);
14744 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14747 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14757 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14759 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14761 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14765 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14767 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14769 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14773 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14775 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14779 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14781 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14783 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14787 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14789 int count = get_number (&args);
14791 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14795 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14797 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14799 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14803 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14805 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14809 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14814 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14818 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14819 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14823 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14824 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14825 const bfd_byte *data)
14827 struct breakpoint *bp;
14829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14830 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14831 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14833 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14835 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14837 struct bp_location *loc;
14839 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14840 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14841 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14842 && addr + len > loc->address)
14844 value_free (wp->val);
14852 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14853 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14854 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14855 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14859 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14860 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14862 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14864 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14866 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14867 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14869 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14871 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14879 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14880 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14883 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14885 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14888 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14894 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14897 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14898 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14900 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14903 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14904 struct address_space *aspace,
14909 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14911 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14912 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14916 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14917 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14918 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14921 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14922 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14923 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14924 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14925 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14926 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14928 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14929 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14930 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14931 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14934 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14935 were inserted or not. */
14938 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14940 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14941 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14944 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14947 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14949 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14951 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14953 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14954 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14955 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14956 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14958 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14960 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14961 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14962 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14963 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14967 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14968 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14969 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14973 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14977 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14978 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14980 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14981 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14982 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14986 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14990 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14994 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14995 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14996 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14997 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15000 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15004 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15009 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15011 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15013 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15014 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15022 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15023 non-zero otherwise. */
15025 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15027 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15028 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15029 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15036 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15038 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15039 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15041 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15045 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15047 struct breakpoint *bp;
15049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15050 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15052 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15054 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15058 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15060 if (syscall_number == iter)
15070 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15071 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15072 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15073 char *text, char *word)
15075 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15076 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15077 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15083 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15085 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15087 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15089 tracepoint_count = num;
15090 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15094 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15096 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15097 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15099 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15100 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15102 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15104 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15106 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15108 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15109 0 /* Ignore count */,
15110 pending_break_support,
15114 0 /* internal */, 0);
15118 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15120 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15122 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15124 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15125 0 /* Ignore count */,
15126 pending_break_support,
15127 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15130 0 /* internal */, 0);
15133 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15136 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15138 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15140 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15141 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15142 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15143 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15145 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15147 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15149 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15151 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15152 0 /* Ignore count */,
15153 pending_break_support,
15157 0 /* internal */, 0);
15160 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15161 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15163 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15164 static int next_cmd;
15167 read_uploaded_action (void)
15171 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15178 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15179 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15180 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15181 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15182 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15184 struct tracepoint *
15185 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15187 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15188 struct tracepoint *tp;
15190 if (utp->at_string)
15191 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15194 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15195 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15196 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15198 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15199 "source location, using raw address"),
15201 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15202 addr_str = small_buf;
15205 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15206 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15207 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15208 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15211 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15213 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15214 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15216 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15217 0 /* Ignore count */,
15218 pending_break_support,
15219 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15221 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15223 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15226 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15227 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15228 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15232 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15235 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15238 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15239 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15240 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15242 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15244 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15249 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15251 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15253 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15254 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15255 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15256 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15259 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15260 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15261 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15266 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15270 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15272 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15275 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15277 if (num_printed == 0)
15279 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15280 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15282 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15285 default_collect_info ();
15288 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15289 Not supported by all targets. */
15291 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15293 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15296 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15297 Not supported by all targets. */
15299 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15301 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15304 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15306 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15308 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15314 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15316 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15317 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15318 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15320 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15321 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15323 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15327 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15329 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15331 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15332 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15333 delete_breakpoint (b);
15337 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15340 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15343 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15345 tp->pass_count = count;
15346 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15348 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15349 tp->base.number, count);
15352 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15354 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15355 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15356 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15359 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15361 struct tracepoint *t1;
15362 unsigned int count;
15364 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15365 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15366 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15368 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15370 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15373 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15375 struct breakpoint *b;
15377 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15379 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15381 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15383 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15384 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15387 else if (*args == '\0')
15389 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15391 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15395 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15397 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15398 while (!state.finished)
15400 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15402 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15407 struct tracepoint *
15408 get_tracepoint (int num)
15410 struct breakpoint *t;
15412 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15413 if (t->number == num)
15414 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15419 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15420 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15423 struct tracepoint *
15424 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15426 struct breakpoint *b;
15428 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15430 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15432 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15439 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15440 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15441 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15442 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15443 struct tracepoint *
15444 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15445 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15448 struct breakpoint *t;
15450 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15454 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15455 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15457 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15460 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15462 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15465 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15469 if (instring && *instring)
15470 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15473 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15474 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15478 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15479 if (t->number == tpnum)
15481 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15484 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15489 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15491 if (b->thread != -1)
15492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15500 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15501 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15502 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15506 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15507 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15509 struct breakpoint *tp;
15512 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15513 struct ui_file *fp;
15514 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15516 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15517 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15519 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15522 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15523 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15526 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15527 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15532 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15534 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15536 /* We can stop searching. */
15543 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15547 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15548 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15549 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15551 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15552 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15553 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15555 if (extra_trace_bits)
15556 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15560 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15561 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15564 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15565 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15568 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15570 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15571 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15574 if (tp->cond_string)
15575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15577 if (tp->ignore_count)
15578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15582 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15586 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15587 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15589 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15591 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15594 throw_exception (ex);
15596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15599 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15602 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15603 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15604 special, and not user visible. */
15605 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15607 struct bp_location *loc;
15610 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15616 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15619 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15621 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15624 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15627 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15629 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15632 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15635 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15637 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15640 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15642 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15643 all_tracepoints (void)
15645 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15646 struct breakpoint *tp;
15648 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15650 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15657 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15658 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15659 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15661 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15662 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15663 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15664 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15665 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15666 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15667 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15668 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15669 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15670 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15671 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15673 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15674 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15676 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15677 conditions are different.\n\
15679 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15681 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15682 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15684 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15685 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15688 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15689 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15690 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15691 completer_ftype *completer,
15692 void *user_data_catch,
15693 void *user_data_tcatch)
15695 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15697 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15699 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15700 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15701 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15703 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15705 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15706 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15707 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15711 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15713 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15714 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15716 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15717 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15718 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15722 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15724 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15725 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15726 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15729 struct breakpoint *
15730 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15733 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15737 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15744 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15745 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15748 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15750 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15751 non-inline function. */
15752 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15758 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15759 have been inlined. */
15762 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15763 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15765 struct breakpoint *b;
15766 struct bp_location *bl;
15768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15770 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15773 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15775 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15776 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15784 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15787 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15789 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15792 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15793 loc->symtab = NULL;
15797 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15799 static int initialized = 0;
15801 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15807 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15808 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15809 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15810 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15811 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15812 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15813 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15814 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15815 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15816 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15817 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15818 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15821 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15824 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15825 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15826 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15827 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15829 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15830 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15831 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15832 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15833 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15834 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15835 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15836 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15837 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15838 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15840 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15841 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15842 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15843 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15844 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15845 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15846 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15848 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15849 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15850 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15851 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15852 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15853 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15854 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15856 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15857 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15858 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15859 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15861 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15862 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15863 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15864 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15865 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15866 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15867 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15869 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15870 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15871 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15872 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15873 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15874 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15875 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15878 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15879 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15880 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15881 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15882 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15883 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15884 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15885 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15886 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15887 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15888 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15889 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15890 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15892 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15893 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15894 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15895 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15896 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15897 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15898 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15899 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15900 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15901 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15902 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15905 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15906 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15907 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15908 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15909 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15910 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15911 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15912 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15913 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15914 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15916 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15917 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15918 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15919 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15920 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15922 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15923 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15924 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15925 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15926 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15927 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15929 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15930 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15931 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15932 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15933 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15934 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15935 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15936 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15937 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15938 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15940 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15941 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15942 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15943 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15944 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15945 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15946 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15947 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15948 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15949 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15951 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15952 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15953 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15954 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15955 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15956 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15957 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15958 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15959 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15960 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15961 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15963 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15964 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15965 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15966 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15967 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15968 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15969 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15970 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15971 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15972 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15973 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15975 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15976 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15977 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15978 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15979 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15980 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15981 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15982 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15983 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15984 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15985 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15986 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15988 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15989 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15990 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15991 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15992 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15993 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15994 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15997 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15999 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16002 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16004 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16006 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16008 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16009 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16010 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16012 breakpoint_objfile_key
16013 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16015 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16016 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16017 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16019 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16020 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16021 before a breakpoint is set. */
16022 breakpoint_count = 0;
16024 tracepoint_count = 0;
16026 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16027 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16028 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16030 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16032 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16033 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16034 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16035 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16036 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16037 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16038 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16039 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16041 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16042 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16043 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16044 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16045 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16047 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16048 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16049 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16050 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16051 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16053 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16054 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16056 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16057 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16058 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16059 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16061 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16062 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16064 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16065 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16066 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16067 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16069 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16070 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16072 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16073 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16074 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16075 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16076 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16077 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16078 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16080 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16081 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16082 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16083 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16084 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16085 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16087 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16089 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16090 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16091 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16092 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16093 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16094 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16096 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16097 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16098 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16101 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16102 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16103 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16106 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16107 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16108 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16109 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16112 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16113 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16117 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16118 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16122 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16123 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16124 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16125 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16128 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16129 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16130 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16131 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16132 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16133 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16134 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16135 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16137 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16138 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16139 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16140 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16141 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16148 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16152 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16156 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16157 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16158 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16159 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16160 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16162 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16163 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16167 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16168 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16169 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16170 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16171 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16174 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16175 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16176 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16177 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16178 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16179 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16181 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16182 is executing in.\n\
16184 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16185 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16187 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16188 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16189 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16190 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16192 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16193 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16194 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16195 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16198 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16202 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16203 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16204 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16205 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16206 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16207 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16208 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16209 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16210 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16211 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16212 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16213 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16214 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16215 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16216 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16217 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16219 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16220 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16221 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16222 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16223 breakpoint set."));
16226 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16227 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16228 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16229 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16230 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16231 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16232 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16233 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16234 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16236 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16237 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16238 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16239 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16240 breakpoint set."));
16242 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16245 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16246 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16247 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16248 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16249 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16250 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16251 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16252 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16253 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16255 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16256 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16257 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16258 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16259 breakpoint set."));
16261 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16262 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16263 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16264 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16265 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16266 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16267 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16268 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16269 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16270 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16271 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16272 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16273 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16275 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16276 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16277 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16278 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16280 &maintenanceinfolist);
16282 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16283 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16284 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16285 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16287 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16288 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16289 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16290 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16292 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16293 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16294 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16295 catch_catch_command,
16299 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16300 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16301 catch_throw_command,
16305 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16306 catch_fork_command_1,
16308 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16309 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16310 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16311 catch_fork_command_1,
16313 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16315 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16316 catch_exec_command_1,
16320 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16321 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16322 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16323 catch_load_command_1,
16327 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16328 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16329 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16330 catch_unload_command_1,
16334 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16335 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16336 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16337 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16338 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16339 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16340 catch_syscall_command_1,
16341 catch_syscall_completer,
16345 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16346 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16347 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16348 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16349 an expression changes.\n\
16350 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16351 the memory to which it refers."));
16352 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16354 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16355 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16356 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16357 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16358 an expression is read.\n\
16359 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16360 the memory to which it refers."));
16361 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16363 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16364 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16365 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16366 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16367 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16368 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16369 the memory to which it refers."));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16372 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16373 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16375 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16376 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16377 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16378 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16379 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16380 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16381 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16382 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16383 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16387 &setlist, &showlist);
16389 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16391 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16393 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16394 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16396 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16397 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16398 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16400 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16401 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16402 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16403 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16405 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16406 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16408 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16409 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16410 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16412 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16413 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16415 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16416 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16417 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16418 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16419 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16420 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16421 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16422 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16423 the selected stack frame.\n\
16424 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16425 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16426 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16427 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16429 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16431 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16432 conditions are different.\n\
16434 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16435 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16436 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16438 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16439 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16440 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16441 last tracepoint set."));
16443 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16445 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16446 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16447 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16448 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16450 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16452 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16453 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16454 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16455 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16457 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16459 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16460 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16462 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16464 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16466 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16467 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16468 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16469 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16470 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16472 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16473 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16474 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16475 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16477 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16478 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16479 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16480 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16481 session to restore them."),
16483 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16485 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16486 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16487 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16489 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16491 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16492 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16494 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16495 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16496 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16497 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16498 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16499 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16500 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16501 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16502 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16503 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16504 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16505 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16507 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16508 &pending_break_support, _("\
16509 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16510 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16511 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16512 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16513 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16514 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16516 show_pending_break_support,
16517 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16518 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16520 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16522 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16523 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16524 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16525 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16526 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16527 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16528 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16530 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16531 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16532 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16534 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16535 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16536 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16537 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16538 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16539 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16540 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16541 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16542 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16543 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16544 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16545 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16547 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16548 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16549 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16551 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16552 condition_evaluation_enums,
16553 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16554 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16555 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16556 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16557 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16558 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16559 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16560 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16561 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16562 be set to \"gdb\""),
16563 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16564 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16565 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16566 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16568 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16569 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16570 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16571 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16572 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16573 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16574 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16575 or the start of the range\n\
16576 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16577 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16578 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16580 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16581 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16582 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16584 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16585 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16586 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16587 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16588 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16589 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16591 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16593 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16594 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16595 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16596 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16597 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16598 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16599 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16600 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16601 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16602 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16603 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16604 &setlist, &showlist);
16606 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16607 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16608 &dprintf_function, _("\
16609 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16610 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16611 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16612 &setlist, &showlist);
16614 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16615 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16616 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16617 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16618 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16619 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16620 &setlist, &showlist);
16622 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16623 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16624 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16625 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16626 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16627 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16630 &setlist, &showlist);
16632 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16633 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16634 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16636 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16638 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);